xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision e2adc0ee)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438   int bTruncateOnRelease;      /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
441 #endif
442 };
443 
444 /*
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
446 */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
450 
451 /*
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
454 **
455 ** eState
456 **
457 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
459 **
460 ** eLock
461 **
462 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
464 **
465 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 **   need (and no reason to release them).
470 **
471 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
473 **   details.
474 **
475 ** changeCountDone
476 **
477 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 **   not updated more often than necessary.
480 **
481 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
487 **
488 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
490 **   committed.
491 **
492 ** setSuper
493 **
494 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 **   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
497 **
498 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 **   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 **   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
506 **
507 **   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 **   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
511 **
512 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
516 **
517 ** doNotSpill
518 **
519 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
520 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
522 **
523 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 **   case is a user preference.
530 **
531 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
536 **
537 ** subjInMemory
538 **
539 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
542 **
543 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 **   write-transaction is opened.
545 **
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
547 **
548 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
550 **   OPEN and ERROR).
551 **
552 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
559 **   to dbSize==1).
560 **
561 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 **   dbSize is updated.
565 **
566 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
570 **   being modified.
571 **
572 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
576 **
577 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
587 **
588 ** dbHintSize
589 **
590 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
592 **
593 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
598 **   details.
599 **
600 ** errCode
601 **
602 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
605 **   sub-codes.
606 **
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
608 **
609 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
616 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
627   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633   u8 memVfs;                  /* VFS-implemented memory database */
634 
635   /**************************************************************************
636   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
637   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
638   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
639   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
640   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
641   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
642   ** "configuration" of the pager.
643   */
644   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
645   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
646   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
647   u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
648   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
649   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
650   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
651   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
652   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
653   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
654   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
655   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
656   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
657   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
658   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
659   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
660   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
661   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
662   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
663   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
664   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
665   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
666   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
667   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
668   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
669   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
670   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
671 
672   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
673   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
674   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
675   /*
676   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
677   ***************************************************************************/
678 
679   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
680   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
681   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
682   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   i64 pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
686   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
687   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
688   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
689   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
690   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
692   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
693 #endif
694   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
695   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
696   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
697   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
698 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
699   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
700   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
701 #endif
702 };
703 
704 /*
705 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
706 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
707 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
708 */
709 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
710 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
711 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
712 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
713 
714 /*
715 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
716 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
717 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
718 */
719 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
720 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
721 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
722 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
723 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
724 #else
725 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
726 #endif
727 
728 
729 
730 /*
731 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
732 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
733 **
734 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
735 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
736 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
737 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
738 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
739 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
740 ** journal and ignore it.
741 **
742 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
743 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
744 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
745 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
746 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
747 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
748 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
749 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
750 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
751 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
752 */
753 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
754   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
755 };
756 
757 /*
758 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
759 ** the following macro.
760 */
761 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
762 
763 /*
764 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
765 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
766 */
767 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
768 
769 /*
770 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
771 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
772 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
773 ** out code that would never execute.
774 */
775 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
776 # define MEMDB 0
777 #else
778 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
779 #endif
780 
781 /*
782 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
783 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
784 */
785 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
786 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
787 #else
788 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
789 #endif
790 
791 /*
792 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
793 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
794 **
795 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
796 **
797 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
798 **
799 ** instead of
800 **
801 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
802 */
803 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
804 
805 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
806 /*
807 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
808 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
809 **
810 **   * the database file is open,
811 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
812 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
813 */
814 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
815   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
816   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
818   if( pPager->pWal ){
819     u32 iRead = 0;
820     int rc;
821     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
822     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
823   }
824 #endif
825   return 1;
826 }
827 #endif
828 
829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
831 #else
832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
837 #endif
838 
839 #ifndef NDEBUG
840 /*
841 ** Usage:
842 **
843 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
844 **
845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
846 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
847 */
848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
849   Pager *pPager = p;
850 
851   /* State must be valid. */
852   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
853        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
858        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
859   );
860 
861   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
862   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
863   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
864   */
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
866   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
867 
868   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
869   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
870   */
871   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
872   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
873 
874   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
875   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
876   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
877   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
878   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
879   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
880   ** state.
881   */
882   if( MEMDB ){
883     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
884     assert( p->noSync );
885     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
886          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
887     );
888     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
889     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
890   }
891 
892   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
893   ** on the file.
894   */
895   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
896   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
897 
898   switch( p->eState ){
899     case PAGER_OPEN:
900       assert( !MEMDB );
901       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
902       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_READER:
906       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
907       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
908       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
909       break;
910 
911     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
912       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
913       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
914       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
915         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
916       }
917       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
919       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
920       assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
921       break;
922 
923     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
924       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
925       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
926       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
927         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
928         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
929         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
930         ** to journal_mode=wal.
931         */
932         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
933         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
935              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
936         );
937       }
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
939       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
940       break;
941 
942     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
943       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
944       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
945       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
946       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
951       );
952       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
953       break;
954 
955     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
956       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
957       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
958       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
959       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
963       );
964       break;
965 
966     case PAGER_ERROR:
967       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
968       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
969       ** back to OPEN state.
970       */
971       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
972       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
973       break;
974   }
975 
976   return 1;
977 }
978 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
979 
980 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
981 /*
982 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
983 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
984 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
985 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
986 **
987 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
988 **
989 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
990 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
991 ** not appear in normal builds.
992 */
993 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
994   static char zRet[1024];
995 
996   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
997       "Filename:      %s\n"
998       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
999       "Lock:          %s\n"
1000       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1001       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1002       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1003       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1004       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1005       , p->zFilename
1006       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1011         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1012         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1013       , (int)p->errCode
1014       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1015         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1016         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1017         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1018         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1019       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1020       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1024         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1025         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1026       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1027       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1028       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1029   );
1030 
1031   return zRet;
1032 }
1033 #endif
1034 
1035 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1036 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1037 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1038 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1039 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1040 #endif
1041 
1042 /*
1043 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1044 ** content from the pager.
1045 */
1046 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1047   if( pPager->errCode ){
1048     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1049 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1050   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1051     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1052 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1053   }else{
1054     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1055   }
1056 }
1057 
1058 /*
1059 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1060 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1061 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1062 **
1063 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1064 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1065 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1066 */
1067 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1068   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1069   PagerSavepoint *p;
1070   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1071   int i;
1072   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1073     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1074     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1075       for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1076         pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0;
1077       }
1078       return 1;
1079     }
1080   }
1081   return 0;
1082 }
1083 
1084 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1085 /*
1086 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1087 */
1088 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1089   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1090 }
1091 #endif
1092 
1093 /*
1094 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1095 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1096 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1097 **
1098 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1099 */
1100 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1101   unsigned char ac[4];
1102   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1103   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1104     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1105   }
1106   return rc;
1107 }
1108 
1109 /*
1110 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1111 */
1112 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1113 
1114 
1115 /*
1116 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1117 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1118 */
1119 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1120   char ac[4];
1121   put32bits(ac, val);
1122   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1123 }
1124 
1125 /*
1126 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1127 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1128 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1129 **
1130 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1131 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1132 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1133 */
1134 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1135   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1136 
1137   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1138   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1139   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1140   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1141     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1142     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1143     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1144       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1145     }
1146     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1147   }
1148   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1149   return rc;
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1154 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1155 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1156 **
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1159 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1160 ** of this.
1161 */
1162 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1163   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1164 
1165   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1166   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1167     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1168     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1169       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1170       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1171     }
1172   }
1173   return rc;
1174 }
1175 
1176 /*
1177 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1178 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1179 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1180 **
1181 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1182 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1183 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1184 **      to the page size.
1185 **
1186 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1187 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1188 **
1189 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1190 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1191 ** returned in this case.
1192 **
1193 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1194 */
1195 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1196   assert( !MEMDB );
1197 
1198 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1199  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1200   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1201 
1202   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1203   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1204 #else
1205   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1206 #endif
1207 
1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1209   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1210     return -1;
1211   }
1212 #endif
1213 
1214 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1215   {
1216     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1217     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1218 
1219     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1220     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1221     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1222       return 0;
1223     }
1224   }
1225 
1226   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1227 #endif
1228 
1229   return 0;
1230 }
1231 
1232 /*
1233 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1234 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1235 ** and debugging only.
1236 */
1237 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1238 /*
1239 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1240 */
1241 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1242   u32 hash = 0;
1243   int i;
1244   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1245     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1246   }
1247   return hash;
1248 }
1249 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1250   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1251 }
1252 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1253   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1254 }
1255 
1256 /*
1257 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1258 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1259 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1260 */
1261 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1262 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1263   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1264   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1265   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1266 }
1267 
1268 #else
1269 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1270 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1271 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1272 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1273 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1274 
1275 /*
1276 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1277 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1278 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1279 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1280 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1281 **
1282 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1283 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1284 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1285 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1286 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1287 ** were present in the journal.
1288 **
1289 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1290 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1291 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1292 ** super-journal file name.
1293 **
1294 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1295 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1296 **
1297 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1298 ** error code is returned.
1299 */
1300 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1301   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1302   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1303   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1304   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1305   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1306   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1307   zSuper[0] = '\0';
1308 
1309   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1310    || szJ<16
1311    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1312    || len>=nSuper
1313    || len>szJ-16
1314    || len==0
1315    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1316    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1317    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1318    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1319   ){
1320     return rc;
1321   }
1322 
1323   /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1324   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1325     cksum -= zSuper[u];
1326   }
1327   if( cksum ){
1328     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1329     ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1330     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1331     ** super-journal filename.
1332     */
1333     len = 0;
1334   }
1335   zSuper[len] = '\0';
1336   zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1337 
1338   return SQLITE_OK;
1339 }
1340 
1341 /*
1342 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1343 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1344 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1345 **
1346 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1347 **
1348 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1349 **   ---------------------------------------
1350 **   0                         0
1351 **   512                       512
1352 **   100                       512
1353 **   2000                      2048
1354 **
1355 */
1356 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1357   i64 offset = 0;
1358   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1359   if( c ){
1360     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1361   }
1362   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1363   assert( offset>=c );
1364   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1365   return offset;
1366 }
1367 
1368 /*
1369 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1370 **
1371 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1372 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1373 **
1374 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1375 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1376 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1377 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1378 ** after writing or truncating it.
1379 **
1380 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1381 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1382 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1383 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1384 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1385 **
1386 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1387 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1388 */
1389 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1390   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1391   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1392   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1393   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1394     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1395 
1396     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1397     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1398       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1399     }else{
1400       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1401       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1402     }
1403     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1404       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1405     }
1406 
1407     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1408     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1409     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1410     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1411     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1412     */
1413     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1414       i64 sz;
1415       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1416       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1417         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1418       }
1419     }
1420   }
1421   return rc;
1422 }
1423 
1424 /*
1425 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1426 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1427 ** current location.
1428 **
1429 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1430 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1431 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1436 **
1437 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1438 */
1439 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1440   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1441   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1442   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1443   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1444   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1445 
1446   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1447 
1448   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1449     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1450   }
1451 
1452   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1453   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1454   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1455   */
1456   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1457     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1458       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1459     }
1460   }
1461 
1462   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1463 
1464   /*
1465   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1466   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1467   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1468   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1469   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1470   **
1471   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1472   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1473   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1474   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1475   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1476   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1477   **
1478   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1479   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1480   **
1481   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1482   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1483   */
1484   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1485   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1486    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1487   ){
1488     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1489     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1490   }else{
1491     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1492   }
1493 
1494   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1495   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1496   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1497   /* The initial database size */
1498   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1499   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1500   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1501 
1502   /* The page size */
1503   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1504 
1505   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1506   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1507   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1508   ** take the performance hit.
1509   */
1510   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1511          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1512 
1513   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1514   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1515   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1516   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1517   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1518   **
1519   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1520   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1521   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1522   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1523   ** is done.
1524   **
1525   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1526   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1527   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1528   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1529   */
1530   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1531     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1532     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1533     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1534     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1535   }
1536 
1537   return rc;
1538 }
1539 
1540 /*
1541 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1542 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1543 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1544 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1545 ** a description of the journal header format.
1546 **
1547 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1548 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1549 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1550 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1551 ** in this case.
1552 **
1553 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1554 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1555 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1556 */
1557 static int readJournalHdr(
1558   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1559   int isHot,
1560   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1561   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1562   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1563 ){
1564   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1565   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1566   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1567 
1568   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1569 
1570   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1571   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1572   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1573   */
1574   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1575   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1576     return SQLITE_DONE;
1577   }
1578   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1579 
1580   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1581   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1582   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1583   ** proceed.
1584   */
1585   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1586     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1587     if( rc ){
1588       return rc;
1589     }
1590     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1591       return SQLITE_DONE;
1592     }
1593   }
1594 
1595   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1596   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1597   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1598   */
1599   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1600    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1601    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1602   ){
1603     return rc;
1604   }
1605 
1606   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1607     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1608     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1609 
1610     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1611     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1612      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1613     ){
1614       return rc;
1615     }
1616 
1617     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1618     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1619     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1620     */
1621     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1622       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1623     }
1624 
1625     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1626     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1627     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1628     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1629     */
1630     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1631      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1632      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1633     ){
1634       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1635       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1636       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1637       ** the journal file here.
1638       */
1639       return SQLITE_DONE;
1640     }
1641 
1642     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1643     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1644     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1645     */
1646     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1647     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1648 
1649     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1650     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1651     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1652     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1653     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1654     */
1655     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1656   }
1657 
1658   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1659   return rc;
1660 }
1661 
1662 
1663 /*
1664 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1665 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1666 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1667 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1668 ** anything is written. The format is:
1669 **
1670 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1671 **   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1672 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1673 **   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1674 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1675 **
1676 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1677 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1678 **
1679 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1680 ** this call is a no-op.
1681 */
1682 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1683   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1684   int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
1685   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1686   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1687   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1688 
1689   assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1690   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1691 
1692   if( !zSuper
1693    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1694    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1695   ){
1696     return SQLITE_OK;
1697   }
1698   pPager->setSuper = 1;
1699   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1700 
1701   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1702   for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1703     cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1704   }
1705 
1706   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1707   ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1708   ** the journal has already been synced.
1709   */
1710   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1711     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1712   }
1713   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1714 
1715   /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1716   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1717   */
1718   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1719    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1720    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1721    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1722    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1723                                  iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1724   ){
1725     return rc;
1726   }
1727   pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1728 
1729   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1730   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1731   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1732   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1733   ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1734   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1735   **
1736   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1737   ** file to the required size.
1738   */
1739   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1740    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1741   ){
1742     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1743   }
1744   return rc;
1745 }
1746 
1747 /*
1748 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1749 */
1750 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1751   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1752   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1753   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1754 }
1755 
1756 /*
1757 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1758 */
1759 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1760   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1761 }
1762 
1763 /*
1764 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1765 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1766 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1767 */
1768 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1769   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1770   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1771     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1772   }
1773   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1774     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1775   }
1776   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1777   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1778   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1779   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1780 }
1781 
1782 /*
1783 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1784 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1785 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1786 */
1787 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1788   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1789   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1790 
1791   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1792     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1793     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1794       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1795       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1796       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1797     }
1798   }
1799   return rc;
1800 }
1801 
1802 /*
1803 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1804 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1805 ** state.
1806 **
1807 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1808 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1809 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1810 ** closed (if it is open).
1811 **
1812 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1813 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1814 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1815 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1816 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1817 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1818 */
1819 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1820 
1821   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1822        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1823        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1824   );
1825 
1826   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1827   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1828   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1829 
1830   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1831     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1832     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1833     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1834   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1835     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1836     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1837 
1838     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1839     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1840     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1841     ** out from under us.
1842     */
1843     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1844     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1845     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1846     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1847     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1848     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1849     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1850      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1851     ){
1852       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1853     }
1854 
1855     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1856     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1857     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1858     ** is necessary.
1859     */
1860     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1861     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1862       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1863     }
1864 
1865     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1866     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1867     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1868     */
1869     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1870     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1871   }
1872 
1873   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1874   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1875   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1876   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1877   */
1878   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1879   if( pPager->errCode ){
1880     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1881       pager_reset(pPager);
1882       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1883       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1884     }else{
1885       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1886     }
1887     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1888     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1889     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1890   }
1891 
1892   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1893   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1894   pPager->setSuper = 0;
1895 }
1896 
1897 /*
1898 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1899 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1900 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1901 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1902 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1903 **
1904 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1905 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1906 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1907 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1908 **
1909 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1910 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1911 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1912 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1913 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1914 ** it were a hot-journal).
1915 */
1916 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1917   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1918   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1919   assert(
1920        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1921        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1922        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1923   );
1924   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1925     pPager->errCode = rc;
1926     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1927     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1928   }
1929   return rc;
1930 }
1931 
1932 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1933 
1934 /*
1935 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1936 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1937 **
1938 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1939 **
1940 ** Rules:
1941 **
1942 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1943 **      for transactions to be durable.
1944 **
1945 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1946 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1947 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1948 **      cache size.
1949 */
1950 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1951   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1952   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1953   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1954   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1955 }
1956 
1957 /*
1958 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1959 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1960 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1961 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1962 ** database transaction.
1963 **
1964 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1965 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1966 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1967 **
1968 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1969 **
1970 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1971 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1972 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1973 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1974 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1975 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1976 **
1977 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1978 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1979 **     in-memory journal.
1980 **
1981 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1982 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1983 **
1984 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1985 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1986 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1987 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1988 **
1989 **   journalMode==DELETE
1990 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1991 **
1992 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1993 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1994 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1995 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1996 **
1997 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1998 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1999 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2000 **
2001 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2002 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2003 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2004 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2005 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2006 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2007 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2008 ** returned.
2009 */
2010 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2011   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2012   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2013 
2014   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2015   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2016   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2017   ** held under two circumstances:
2018   **
2019   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2020   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2021   **
2022   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2023   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2024   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2025   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2026   */
2027   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2028   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2029   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2030     return SQLITE_OK;
2031   }
2032 
2033   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2034   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2035       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2036   );
2037   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2038     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2039 
2040     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2041     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2042       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2043       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2044     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2045       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2046         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2047       }else{
2048         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2049         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2050           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2051           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2052           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2053           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2054           */
2055           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2056         }
2057       }
2058       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2059     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2060       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2061     ){
2062       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2063       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2064     }else{
2065       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2066       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2067       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2068       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2069       */
2070       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2071       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2072       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2073            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2074            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2075       );
2076       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2077       if( bDelete ){
2078         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2079       }
2080     }
2081   }
2082 
2083 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2084   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2085   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2086     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2087     if( p ){
2088       p->pageHash = 0;
2089       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2090     }
2091   }
2092 #endif
2093 
2094   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2095   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2096   pPager->nRec = 0;
2097   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2098     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2099       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2100     }else{
2101       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2102     }
2103     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2104   }
2105 
2106   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2107     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2108     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2109     ** lock held on the database file.
2110     */
2111     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2112     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2113   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2114     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2115     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2116     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2117     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2118     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2119     ** required size.  */
2120     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2121     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2122   }
2123 
2124   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2125     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2126     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2130    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2131   ){
2132     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2133   }
2134   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2135   pPager->setSuper = 0;
2136 
2137   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2138 }
2139 
2140 /*
2141 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2142 ** database file.
2143 **
2144 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2145 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2146 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2147 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2148 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2149 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2150 ** will roll it back.
2151 **
2152 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2153 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2154 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2155 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2156 */
2157 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2158   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2159     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2160     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2161       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2162       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2163       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2164     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2165       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2166       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2167     }
2168   }
2169   pager_unlock(pPager);
2170 }
2171 
2172 /*
2173 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2174 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2175 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2176 **
2177 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2178 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2179 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2180 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2181 **
2182 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2183 ** incompatible journal file format.
2184 **
2185 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2186 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2187 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2188 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2189 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2190 */
2191 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2192   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2193   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2194   while( i>0 ){
2195     cksum += aData[i];
2196     i -= 200;
2197   }
2198   return cksum;
2199 }
2200 
2201 /*
2202 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2203 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2204 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2205 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2206 **
2207 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2208 ** not.
2209 **
2210 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2211 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2212 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2213 **
2214 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2215 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2216 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2217 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2218 ** prior to returning.
2219 **
2220 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2221 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2222 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2223 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2224 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2225 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2226 ** two circumstances:
2227 **
2228 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2229 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2230 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2231 **
2232 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2233 **
2234 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2235 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2236 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2237 */
2238 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2239   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2240   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2241   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2242   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2243   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2244 ){
2245   int rc;
2246   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2247   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2248   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2249   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2250   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2251   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2252 
2253   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2254   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2255   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2256   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2257 
2258   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2259   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2260   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2261 
2262   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2263   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2264   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2265   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2266   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2267   */
2268   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2269        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2270   );
2271   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2272 
2273   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2274   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2275   */
2276   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2277   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2278   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2279   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2280   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2281   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2282 
2283   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2284   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2285   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2286   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2287   */
2288   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2289     assert( !isSavepnt );
2290     return SQLITE_DONE;
2291   }
2292   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2293     return SQLITE_OK;
2294   }
2295   if( isMainJrnl ){
2296     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2297     if( rc ) return rc;
2298     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2299       return SQLITE_DONE;
2300     }
2301   }
2302 
2303   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2304   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2305   */
2306   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2307     return rc;
2308   }
2309 
2310   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2311   */
2312   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2313     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2314   }
2315 
2316   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2317   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2318   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2319   **
2320   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2321   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2322   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2323   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2324   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2325   ** assert()able.
2326   **
2327   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2328   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2329   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2330   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2331   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2332   **
2333   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2334   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2335   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2336   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2337   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2338   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2339   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2340   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2341   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2342   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2343   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2344   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2345   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2346   **
2347   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2348   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2349   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2350   */
2351   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2352     pPg = 0;
2353   }else{
2354     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2355   }
2356   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2357   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2358   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2359            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2360            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2361   ));
2362   if( isMainJrnl ){
2363     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2364   }else{
2365     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2366   }
2367   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2368    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2369    && isSynced
2370   ){
2371     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2372     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2373     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2374 
2375     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2376     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2377     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2378     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2379     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2380     ** file.  */
2381     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2382 
2383     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2384       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2385     }
2386     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2387       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2388     }
2389   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2390     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2391     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2392     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2393     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2394     ** current.
2395     **
2396     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2397     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2398     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2399     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2400     **
2401     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2402     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2403     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2404     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2405     */
2406     assert( isSavepnt );
2407     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2408     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2409     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2410     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2411     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2412     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2413     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2414   }
2415   if( pPg ){
2416     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2417     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2418     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2419     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2420     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2421     */
2422     void *pData;
2423     pData = pPg->pData;
2424     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2425     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2426     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2427     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2428     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2429     ** has been removed. */
2430     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2431 
2432     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2433     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2434     if( pgno==1 ){
2435       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2436     }
2437     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2438   }
2439   return rc;
2440 }
2441 
2442 /*
2443 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2444 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2445 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2446 ** and does so if it is.
2447 **
2448 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2449 ** available for use within this function.
2450 **
2451 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2452 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2453 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2454 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2455 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2456 **
2457 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2458 **
2459 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2460 ** journals have been rolled back.
2461 **
2462 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2463 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2464 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2465 **
2466 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2467 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2468 **     file zSuper
2469 **
2470 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2471 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2472 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2473 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2474 **
2475 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2476 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2477 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2478 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2479 **
2480 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2481 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2482 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2483 ** size.
2484 */
2485 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2486   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2487   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2488   sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2489   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2490   char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
2491   i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
2492   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2493   char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2494   char *zFree = 0;          /* Free this buffer */
2495   int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2496 
2497   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2498   ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2499   */
2500   pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2501   if( !pSuper ){
2502     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2503     pJournal = 0;
2504   }else{
2505     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2506     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2507     pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2508   }
2509   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2510 
2511   /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2512   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
2513   ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2514   ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2515   */
2516   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2517   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2518   nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2519   zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2520   if( !zFree ){
2521     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2522     goto delsuper_out;
2523   }
2524   zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0;
2525   zSuperJournal = &zFree[4];
2526   zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2527   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2528   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2529   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2530   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2531 
2532   zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2533   while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2534     int exists;
2535     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2536     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2537       goto delsuper_out;
2538     }
2539     if( exists ){
2540       /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2541       ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2542       ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2543       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2544       ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2545       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2546       */
2547       int c;
2548       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2549       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2550       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2551         goto delsuper_out;
2552       }
2553 
2554       rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2555       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2556       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2557         goto delsuper_out;
2558       }
2559 
2560       c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2561       if( c ){
2562         /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2563         goto delsuper_out;
2564       }
2565     }
2566     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2567   }
2568 
2569   sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2570   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2571 
2572 delsuper_out:
2573   sqlite3_free(zFree);
2574   if( pSuper ){
2575     sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2576     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2577     sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2578   }
2579   return rc;
2580 }
2581 
2582 
2583 /*
2584 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2585 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2586 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2587 **
2588 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2589 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2590 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2591 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2592 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2593 **
2594 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2595 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2596 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2597 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2598 ** the end of the new file instead.
2599 **
2600 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2601 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2602 */
2603 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2604   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2605   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2606   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2607 
2608   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2609    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2610   ){
2611     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2612     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2613     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2614     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2615     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2616     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2617     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2618       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2619         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2620       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2621         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2622         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2623         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2624         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2625         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2626       }
2627       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2628         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2629       }
2630     }
2631   }
2632   return rc;
2633 }
2634 
2635 /*
2636 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2637 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2638 */
2639 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2640   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2641   if( iRet<32 ){
2642     iRet = 512;
2643   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2644     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2645     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2646   }
2647   return iRet;
2648 }
2649 
2650 /*
2651 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2652 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2653 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2654 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2655 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2656 **
2657 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2658 **
2659 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2660 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2661 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2662 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2663 **
2664 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2665 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2666 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2667 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2668 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2669 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2670 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2671 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2672 */
2673 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2674   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2675 
2676   if( pPager->tempFile
2677    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2678               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2679   ){
2680     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2681     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2682     ** call will segfault. */
2683     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2684   }else{
2685     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2686   }
2687 }
2688 
2689 /*
2690 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2691 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2692 **
2693 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2694 **
2695 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2696 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2697 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2698 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2699 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2700 **       sanity checksum.
2701 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2702 **       database to during a rollback.
2703 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2704 **       is this many bytes in size.
2705 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2706 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2707 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2708 **        +  4 byte page number.
2709 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2710 **        +  4 byte checksum
2711 **
2712 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2713 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2714 **
2715 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2716 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2717 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2718 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2719 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2720 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2721 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2722 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2723 **
2724 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2725 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2726 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2727 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2728 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2729 **
2730 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2731 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2732 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2733 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2734 ** been encountered.
2735 **
2736 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2737 ** and an error code is returned.
2738 **
2739 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2740 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2741 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2742 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2743 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2744 ** needed.
2745 */
2746 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2747   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2748   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2749   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2750   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2751   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2752   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2753   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2754   char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2755   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2756   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2757   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2758 
2759   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2760   ** the journal is empty.
2761   */
2762   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2763   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2764   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2765     goto end_playback;
2766   }
2767 
2768   /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2769   ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2770   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2771   ** played back.
2772   **
2773   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2774   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2775   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2776   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2777   ** for pageSize.
2778   */
2779   zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2780   rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2781   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2782     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2783   }
2784   zSuper = 0;
2785   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2786     goto end_playback;
2787   }
2788   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2789   needPagerReset = isHot;
2790 
2791   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2792   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2793   ** occurs.
2794   */
2795   while( 1 ){
2796     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2797     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2798     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2799     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2800     */
2801     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2802     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2803       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2804         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2805       }
2806       goto end_playback;
2807     }
2808 
2809     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2810     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2811     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2812     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2813     */
2814     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2815       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2816       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2817     }
2818 
2819     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2820     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2821     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2822     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2823     ** size of the file.
2824     **
2825     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2826     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2827     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2828     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2829     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2830     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2831     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2832     */
2833     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2834         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2835       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2836     }
2837 
2838     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2839     ** database file back to its original size.
2840     */
2841     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2842       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2843       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2844         goto end_playback;
2845       }
2846       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2847     }
2848 
2849     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2850     ** database file and/or page cache.
2851     */
2852     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2853       if( needPagerReset ){
2854         pager_reset(pPager);
2855         needPagerReset = 0;
2856       }
2857       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2858       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2859         nPlayback++;
2860       }else{
2861         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2862           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2863           break;
2864         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2865           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2866           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2867           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2868           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2869           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2870           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2871           goto end_playback;
2872         }else{
2873           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2874           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2875           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2876           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2877           */
2878           goto end_playback;
2879         }
2880       }
2881     }
2882   }
2883   /*NOTREACHED*/
2884   assert( 0 );
2885 
2886 end_playback:
2887   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2888     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2889   }
2890   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2891   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2892   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2893   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2894   */
2895 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2896   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2897 #endif
2898 
2899   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2900   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2901   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2902   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2903   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2904   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2905   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2906   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2907   */
2908   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2909 
2910   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2911     /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2912     ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2913     ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2914     ** the filename. */
2915     zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4];
2916     rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2917     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2918   }
2919   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2920    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2921   ){
2922     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2923   }
2924   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2925     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
2926     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2927   }
2928   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
2929     /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2930     ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2931     */
2932     assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] );
2933     memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4);
2934     rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
2935     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2936   }
2937   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2938     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2939                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2940   }
2941 
2942   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2943   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2944   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2945   */
2946   setSectorSize(pPager);
2947   return rc;
2948 }
2949 
2950 
2951 /*
2952 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2953 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2954 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2955 ** file before this function is called.
2956 **
2957 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2958 ** the value read from the database file.
2959 **
2960 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2961 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2962 */
2963 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2964   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2965   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2966 
2967 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2968   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2969 
2970   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2971   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2972 
2973   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2974     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2975     if( rc ) return rc;
2976   }
2977   if( iFrame ){
2978     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2979   }else
2980 #endif
2981   {
2982     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2983     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2984     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2985       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2986     }
2987   }
2988 
2989   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2990     if( rc ){
2991       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2992       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2993       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2994       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2995       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2996       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2997       **
2998       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2999       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3000       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3001       ** we should still be ok.
3002       */
3003       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3004     }else{
3005       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3006       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3007     }
3008   }
3009   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3010   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3011   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3012   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3013                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3014 
3015   return rc;
3016 }
3017 
3018 /*
3019 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3020 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3021 **
3022 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3023 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3024 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3025 */
3026 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3027   u32 change_counter;
3028   if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return;
3029 
3030   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3031   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3032   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3033 
3034   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3035   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3036   ** is valid. */
3037   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3038   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3039 }
3040 
3041 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3042 /*
3043 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3044 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3045 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3046 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3047 **
3048 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3049 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3050 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3051 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3052 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3053 */
3054 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3055   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3056   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3057   PgHdr *pPg;
3058 
3059   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3060   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3061   if( pPg ){
3062     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3063       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3064     }else{
3065       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3066       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3067         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3068       }
3069       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3070     }
3071   }
3072 
3073   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3074   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3075   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3076   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3077   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3078   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3079   ** the backups must be restarted.
3080   */
3081   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3082 
3083   return rc;
3084 }
3085 
3086 /*
3087 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3088 */
3089 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3090   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3091   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3092 
3093   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3094   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3095   ** following:
3096   **
3097   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3098   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3099   */
3100   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3101   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3102   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3103   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3104     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3105     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3106     pList = pNext;
3107   }
3108 
3109   return rc;
3110 }
3111 
3112 /*
3113 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3114 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3115 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3116 ** changed.
3117 **
3118 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3119 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3120 */
3121 static int pagerWalFrames(
3122   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3123   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3124   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3125   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3126 ){
3127   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3128   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3129   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3130 
3131   assert( pPager->pWal );
3132   assert( pList );
3133 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3134   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3135   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3136     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3137   }
3138 #endif
3139 
3140   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3141   if( isCommit ){
3142     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3143     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3144     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3145     ** list here. */
3146     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3147     nList = 0;
3148     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3149       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3150         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3151         nList++;
3152       }
3153     }
3154     assert( pList );
3155   }else{
3156     nList = 1;
3157   }
3158   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3159 
3160   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3161   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3162       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3163   );
3164   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3165     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3166       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3167     }
3168   }
3169 
3170 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3171   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3172   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3173     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3174   }
3175 #endif
3176 
3177   return rc;
3178 }
3179 
3180 /*
3181 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3182 **
3183 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3184 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3185 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3186 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3187 */
3188 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3189   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3190   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3191 
3192   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3193   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3194 
3195   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3196   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3197   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3198   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3199   */
3200   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3201 
3202   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3203   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3204     pager_reset(pPager);
3205     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3206   }
3207 
3208   return rc;
3209 }
3210 #endif
3211 
3212 /*
3213 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3214 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3215 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3216 **
3217 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3218 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3219 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3220 */
3221 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3222   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3223 
3224   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3225   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3226   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3227   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3228   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3229   */
3230   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3231   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3232   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3233   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3234   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3235 
3236   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3237   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3238   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3239   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3240   */
3241   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3242     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3243     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3244     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3245       return rc;
3246     }
3247     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3248   }
3249 
3250   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3251   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3252   ** that the file can be read.
3253   */
3254   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3255     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3256   }
3257 
3258   *pnPage = nPage;
3259   return SQLITE_OK;
3260 }
3261 
3262 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3263 /*
3264 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3265 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3266 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3267 **
3268 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3269 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3270 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3271 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3272 **
3273 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3274 **
3275 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3276 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3277 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3278 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3279 ** other connection.
3280 */
3281 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3282   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3283   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3284   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3285 
3286   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3287     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3288     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3289         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3290     );
3291     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3292       if( isWal ){
3293         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3294 
3295         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3296         if( rc ) return rc;
3297         if( nPage==0 ){
3298           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3299         }else{
3300           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3301           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3302         }
3303       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3304         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3305       }
3306     }
3307   }
3308   return rc;
3309 }
3310 #endif
3311 
3312 /*
3313 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3314 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3315 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3316 ** savepoint.
3317 **
3318 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3319 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3320 ** performed in the order specified:
3321 **
3322 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3323 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3324 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3325 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3326 **
3327 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3328 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3329 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3330 **
3331 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3332 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3333 **     the journal file.
3334 **
3335 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3336 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3337 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3338 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3339 **
3340 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3341 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3342 **
3343 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3344 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3345 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3346 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3347 */
3348 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3349   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3350   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3351   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3352   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3353 
3354   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3355   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3356 
3357   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3358   if( pSavepoint ){
3359     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3360     if( !pDone ){
3361       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3362     }
3363   }
3364 
3365   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3366   ** being reverted was opened.
3367   */
3368   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3369   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3370 
3371   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3372     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3373   }
3374 
3375   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3376   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3377   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3378   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3379   */
3380   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3381   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3382 
3383   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3384   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3385   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3386   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3387   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3388   ** are played back.
3389   */
3390   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3391     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3392     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3393     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3394       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3395     }
3396     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3397   }else{
3398     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3399   }
3400 
3401   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3402   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3403   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3404   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3405   */
3406   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3407     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3408     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3409     u32 dummy;
3410     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3411     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3412 
3413     /*
3414     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3415     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3416     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3417     */
3418     if( nJRec==0
3419      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3420     ){
3421       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3422     }
3423     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3424       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3425     }
3426     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3427   }
3428   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3429 
3430   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3431   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3432   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3433   */
3434   if( pSavepoint ){
3435     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3436     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3437 
3438     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3439       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3440     }
3441     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3442       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3443       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3444     }
3445     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3446   }
3447 
3448   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3449   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3450     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3451   }
3452 
3453   return rc;
3454 }
3455 
3456 /*
3457 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3458 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3459 */
3460 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3461   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3462 }
3463 
3464 /*
3465 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3466 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3467 */
3468 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3469   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3470 }
3471 
3472 /*
3473 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3474 */
3475 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3476 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3477   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3478   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3479     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3480     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3481     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3482     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3483     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3484   }
3485 #endif
3486 }
3487 
3488 /*
3489 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3490 */
3491 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3492   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3493   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3494 }
3495 
3496 /*
3497 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3498 */
3499 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3500   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3501 }
3502 
3503 /*
3504 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3505 **
3506 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3507 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3508 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3509 ** There are four levels:
3510 **
3511 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3512 **              for temporary and transient files.
3513 **
3514 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3515 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3516 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3517 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3518 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3519 **              when it is rolled back.
3520 **
3521 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3522 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3523 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3524 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3525 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3526 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3527 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3528 **
3529 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3530 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3531 **              journal is unlinked.
3532 **
3533 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3534 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3535 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3536 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3537 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3538 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3539 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3540 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3541 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3542 **
3543 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3544 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3545 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3546 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3547 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3548 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3549 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3550 **
3551 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3552 ** and FULL=3.
3553 */
3554 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3555 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3556   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3557   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3558 ){
3559   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3560   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3561     pPager->noSync = 1;
3562     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3563     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3564   }else{
3565     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3566     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3567     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3568   }
3569   if( pPager->noSync ){
3570     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3571   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3572     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3573   }else{
3574     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3575   }
3576   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3577   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3578     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3579   }
3580   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3581     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3582   }
3583   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3584     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3585   }else{
3586     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3587   }
3588 }
3589 #endif
3590 
3591 /*
3592 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3593 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3594 ** testing and analysis only.
3595 */
3596 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3597 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3598 #endif
3599 
3600 /*
3601 ** Open a temporary file.
3602 **
3603 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3604 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3605 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3606 **
3607 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3608 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3609 **
3610 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3611 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3612 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3613 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3614 */
3615 static int pagerOpentemp(
3616   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3617   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3618   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3619 ){
3620   int rc;               /* Return code */
3621 
3622 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3623   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3624 #endif
3625 
3626   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3627             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3628   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3629   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3630   return rc;
3631 }
3632 
3633 /*
3634 ** Set the busy handler function.
3635 **
3636 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3637 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3638 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3639 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3640 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3641 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3642 **
3643 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3644 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3645 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3646 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3647 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3648 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3649 **
3650 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3651 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3652 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3653 */
3654 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3655   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3656   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3657   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3658 ){
3659   void **ap;
3660   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3661   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3662   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3663   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3664   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3665   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3666 }
3667 
3668 /*
3669 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3670 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3671 **
3672 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3673 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3674 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3675 **
3676 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3677 **
3678 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3679 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3680 **
3681 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3682 **
3683 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3684 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3685 **
3686 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3687 **
3688 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3689 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3690 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3691 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3692 **
3693 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3694 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3695 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3696 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3697 */
3698 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3699   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3700 
3701   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3702   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3703   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3704   **
3705   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3706   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3707   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3708   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3709   */
3710 
3711   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3712   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3713   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3714    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3715    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3716   ){
3717     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3718     i64 nByte = 0;
3719 
3720     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3721       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3722     }
3723     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3724       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3725       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3726       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3727       if( !pNew ){
3728         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3729       }else{
3730         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3731       }
3732     }
3733 
3734     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3735       pager_reset(pPager);
3736       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3737     }
3738     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3739       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3740       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3741       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3742       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3743     }else{
3744       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3745     }
3746   }
3747 
3748   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3749   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3750     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3751     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3752     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3753     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3754   }
3755   return rc;
3756 }
3757 
3758 /*
3759 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3760 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3761 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3762 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3763 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3764 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3765 */
3766 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3767   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3768 }
3769 
3770 /*
3771 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3772 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3773 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3774 **
3775 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3776 */
3777 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3778   if( mxPage>0 ){
3779     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3780   }
3781   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3782   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3783   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3784   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3785   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3786   return pPager->mxPgno;
3787 }
3788 
3789 /*
3790 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3791 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3792 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3793 **
3794 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3795 ** and generate no code.
3796 */
3797 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3798 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3799 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3800 static int saved_cnt;
3801 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3802   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3803   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3804 }
3805 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3806   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3807 }
3808 #else
3809 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3810 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3811 #endif
3812 
3813 /*
3814 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3815 ** that pDest points to.
3816 **
3817 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3818 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3819 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3820 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3821 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3822 **
3823 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3824 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3825 ** output buffer undefined.
3826 */
3827 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3828   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3829   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3830   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3831 
3832   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3833   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3834   ** to WAL mode yet.
3835   */
3836   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3837 
3838   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3839     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3840     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3841     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3842       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3843     }
3844   }
3845   return rc;
3846 }
3847 
3848 /*
3849 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3850 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3851 **
3852 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3853 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3854 */
3855 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3856   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3857   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3858   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3859 }
3860 
3861 
3862 /*
3863 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3864 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3865 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3866 **
3867 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3868 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3869 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3870 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3871 **
3872 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3873 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3874 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3875 */
3876 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3877   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3878 
3879   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3880   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3881   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3882   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3883   */
3884   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3885        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3886        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3887   );
3888 
3889   do {
3890     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3891   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3892   return rc;
3893 }
3894 
3895 /*
3896 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3897 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3898 **
3899 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3900 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3901 **
3902 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3903 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal.
3904 **
3905 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3906 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3907 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3908 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3909 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3910 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3911 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3912 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3913 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3914 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3915 */
3916 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3917 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3918   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3919   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3920   if( pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize ){      /* if (a) is false */
3921     Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
3922     int i;
3923     for(i=0; i<pPg->pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
3924       PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
3925       assert( p->nOrig<pgno || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint,pgno) );
3926     }
3927   }
3928 }
3929 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3930   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3931 }
3932 #else
3933 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3934 #endif
3935 
3936 /*
3937 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3938 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3939 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3940 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3941 **
3942 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3943 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3944 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3945 ** then continue writing to the database.
3946 */
3947 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3948   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3949   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3950   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3951 
3952   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3953   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3954   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3955   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3956   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3957   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3958   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3959   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3960   ** is no longer correct. */
3961 }
3962 
3963 
3964 /*
3965 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3966 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3967 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3968 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3969 **
3970 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3971 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3972 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3973 ** content as this process.
3974 **
3975 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3976 ** an SQLite error code.
3977 */
3978 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3979   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3980   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3981     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3982   }
3983   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3984     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3985   }
3986   return rc;
3987 }
3988 
3989 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3990 /*
3991 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3992 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3993 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3994 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3995 ** *ppPage to zero.
3996 **
3997 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3998 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3999 */
4000 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4001   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4002   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4003   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4004   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4005 ){
4006   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4007 
4008   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4009     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4010     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4011     p->pDirty = 0;
4012     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4013     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4014   }else{
4015     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4016     if( p==0 ){
4017       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4018       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4019     }
4020     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4021     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4022     p->nRef = 1;
4023     p->pPager = pPager;
4024   }
4025 
4026   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4027   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4028   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4029   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4030   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4031 
4032   p->pgno = pgno;
4033   p->pData = pData;
4034   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4035 
4036   return SQLITE_OK;
4037 }
4038 #endif
4039 
4040 /*
4041 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4042 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4043 */
4044 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4045   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4046   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4047   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4048   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4049 
4050   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4051   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4052 }
4053 
4054 /*
4055 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4056 */
4057 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4058   PgHdr *p;
4059   PgHdr *pNext;
4060   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4061     pNext = p->pDirty;
4062     sqlite3_free(p);
4063   }
4064 }
4065 
4066 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4067 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4068 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4069 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4070 */
4071 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4072   int bHasMoved = 0;
4073   int rc;
4074 
4075   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4076   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4077   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4078   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4079   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4080     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4081     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4082     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4083     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4084   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4085     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4086   }
4087   return rc;
4088 }
4089 
4090 
4091 /*
4092 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4093 **
4094 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4095 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4096 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4097 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4098 ** result in a coredump.
4099 **
4100 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4101 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4102 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4103 ** to the caller.
4104 */
4105 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4106   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4107   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4108   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4109   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4110   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4111   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4112   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4113   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4114 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4115   {
4116     u8 *a = 0;
4117     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4118     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4119      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4120     ){
4121       a = pTmp;
4122     }
4123     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4124     pPager->pWal = 0;
4125   }
4126 #endif
4127   pager_reset(pPager);
4128   if( MEMDB ){
4129     pager_unlock(pPager);
4130   }else{
4131     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4132     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4133     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4134     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4135     **
4136     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4137     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4138     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4139     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4140     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4141     */
4142     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4143       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4144     }
4145     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4146   }
4147   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4148   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4149   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4150   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4151   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4152   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4153   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4154   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4155   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4156   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4157 
4158   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4159   return SQLITE_OK;
4160 }
4161 
4162 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4163 /*
4164 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4165 */
4166 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4167   return pPg->pgno;
4168 }
4169 #endif
4170 
4171 /*
4172 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4173 */
4174 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4175   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4176 }
4177 
4178 /*
4179 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4180 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4181 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4182 **
4183 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4184 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4185 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4186 **
4187 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4188 **     be taken.
4189 **
4190 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4191 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4192 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4193 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4194 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4195 **
4196 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4197 **     journal file is synced.
4198 **
4199 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4200 **
4201 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4202 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4203 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4204 **       <update nRec field>
4205 **     }
4206 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4207 **   }
4208 **
4209 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4210 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4211 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4212 */
4213 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4214   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4215 
4216   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4217        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4218   );
4219   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4220   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4221 
4222   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4223   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4224 
4225   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4226     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4227     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4228       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4229       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4230 
4231       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4232         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4233         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4234         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4235         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4236         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4237         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4238         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4239         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4240         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4241         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4242         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4243         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4244         **
4245         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4246         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4247         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4248         **
4249         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4250         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4251         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4252         ** the potential journal header.
4253         */
4254         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4255         u8 aMagic[8];
4256         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4257 
4258         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4259         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4260 
4261         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4262         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4263         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4264           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4265           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4266         }
4267         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4268           return rc;
4269         }
4270 
4271         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4272         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4273         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4274         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4275         **
4276         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4277         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4278         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4279         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4280         ** and never needs to be updated.
4281         */
4282         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4283           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4284           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4285           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4286           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4287         }
4288         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4289         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4290             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4291         );
4292         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4293       }
4294       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4295         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4296         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4297         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4298           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4299         );
4300         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4301       }
4302 
4303       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4304       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4305         pPager->nRec = 0;
4306         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4307         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4308       }
4309     }else{
4310       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4311     }
4312   }
4313 
4314   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4315   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4316   ** all pages.
4317   */
4318   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4319   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4320   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4321   return SQLITE_OK;
4322 }
4323 
4324 /*
4325 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4326 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4327 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4328 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4329 ** a no-op.
4330 **
4331 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4332 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4333 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4334 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4335 **
4336 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4337 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4338 ** written out.
4339 **
4340 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4341 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4342 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4343 **
4344 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4345 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4346 **
4347 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4348 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4349 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4350 ** the database file.
4351 **
4352 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4353 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4354 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4355 */
4356 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4357   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4358 
4359   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4360   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4361   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4362   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4363   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4364 
4365   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4366   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4367   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4368   */
4369   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4370     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4371     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4372   }
4373 
4374   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4375   ** file size will be.
4376   */
4377   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4378   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4379    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4380    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4381   ){
4382     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4383     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4384     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4385   }
4386 
4387   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4388     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4389 
4390     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4391     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4392     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4393     ** any such pages to the file.
4394     **
4395     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4396     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4397     */
4398     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4399       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4400       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4401 
4402       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4403       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4404 
4405       pData = pList->pData;
4406 
4407       /* Write out the page data. */
4408       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4409 
4410       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4411       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4412       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4413       */
4414       if( pgno==1 ){
4415         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4416       }
4417       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4418         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4419       }
4420       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4421 
4422       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4423       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4424 
4425       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4426                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4427       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4428       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4429     }else{
4430       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4431     }
4432     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4433     pList = pList->pDirty;
4434   }
4435 
4436   return rc;
4437 }
4438 
4439 /*
4440 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4441 ** function is a no-op.
4442 **
4443 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4444 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4445 ** fails.
4446 */
4447 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4448   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4449   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4450     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4451       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4452       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4453     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4454     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4455       nStmtSpill = -1;
4456     }
4457     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4458   }
4459   return rc;
4460 }
4461 
4462 /*
4463 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4464 **
4465 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4466 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4467 **
4468 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4469 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4470 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4471 ** bitvec.
4472 */
4473 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4474   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4475   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4476   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4477 
4478     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4479     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4480     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4481     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4482     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4483          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4484          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4485     );
4486     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4487 
4488     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4489     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4490     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4491       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4492       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4493       char *pData2;
4494       pData2 = pData;
4495       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4496       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4497       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4498         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4499       }
4500       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4501         /* Subjournal writes should be "atomic" in the sense that we should
4502         ** never allow a partial write.  If anything goes wrong, make sure
4503         ** to roll back any partial writes that may have occurred */
4504         (void)sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, offset);
4505       }
4506     }
4507   }
4508   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4509     pPager->nSubRec++;
4510     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4511     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4512   }
4513   return rc;
4514 }
4515 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4516   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4517     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4518   }else{
4519     return SQLITE_OK;
4520   }
4521 }
4522 
4523 /*
4524 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4525 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4526 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4527 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4528 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4529 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4530 ** argument.
4531 **
4532 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4533 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4534 ** journal file.
4535 **
4536 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4537 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4538 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4539 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4540 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4541 */
4542 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4543   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4544   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4545 
4546   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4547   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4548 
4549   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4550   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4551   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4552   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4553   **
4554   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4555   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4556   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4557   **
4558   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4559   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4560   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4561   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4562   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4563   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4564   */
4565   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4566   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4567   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4568   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4569   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4570    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4571       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4572   ){
4573     return SQLITE_OK;
4574   }
4575 
4576   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4577   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4578   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4579     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4580     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4581     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4582       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4583     }
4584   }else{
4585 
4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4587     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4588       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4589       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4590     }
4591 #endif
4592 
4593     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4594     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4595      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4596     ){
4597       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4598     }
4599 
4600     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4602       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4603       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4604     }
4605   }
4606 
4607   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4608   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4609     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4610     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4611   }
4612 
4613   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4614 }
4615 
4616 /*
4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4618 */
4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4620   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4621   if( !MEMDB ){
4622     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4623     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4624     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4625       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4626       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4627         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4628       }
4629       pList = pNext;
4630     }
4631   }
4632 
4633   return rc;
4634 }
4635 
4636 /*
4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4640 **
4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4647 **
4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4653 **
4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4657 **
4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4660 **
4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4667 */
4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4669   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4670   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4671   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4672   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4673   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4674   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4675   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4676 ){
4677   u8 *pPtr;
4678   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4679   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4680   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4681   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4682 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4683   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4684 #else
4685 # define memJM 0
4686 #endif
4687   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4688   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4689   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4690   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4691   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4692   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4693   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4694   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4695   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4696   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4697 
4698   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4699   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4700   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4701 
4702   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4703   *ppPager = 0;
4704 
4705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4706   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4707     memDb = 1;
4708     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4709       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4710       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4711       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4712       zFilename = 0;
4713     }
4714   }
4715 #endif
4716 
4717   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4718   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4719   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4720   */
4721   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4722     const char *z;
4723     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4724     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4725     if( zPathname==0 ){
4726       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4727     }
4728     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4729     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4730     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4731       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4732         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4733           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4734         }else{
4735           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4736         }
4737       }
4738     }
4739     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4740     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4741     while( *z ){
4742       z += strlen(z)+1;
4743       z += strlen(z)+1;
4744       nUri++;
4745     }
4746     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4747     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4748     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4749       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4750       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4751       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4752       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4753       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4754       */
4755       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4756     }
4757     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4758       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4759       return rc;
4760     }
4761   }
4762 
4763   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4764   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4765   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4766   **
4767   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4768   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4769   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4770   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4771   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4772   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4773   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4774   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4775   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4776   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4777   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4778   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4779   **
4780   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4781   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4782   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4783   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4784   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4785   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4786   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4787   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4788   **
4789   **   - Main Database Path
4790   **   - \0
4791   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4792   **     - Key
4793   **     - \0
4794   **     - Value
4795   **     - \0
4796   **   - \0
4797   **   - Journal Path
4798   **   - \0
4799   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4800   **   - \0
4801   **
4802   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4803   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4804   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4805   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4806   */
4807   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4808     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4809     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4810     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4811     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4812     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4813     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4814     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4815     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4816     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4818     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4819 #endif
4820     3                                    /* Terminator */
4821   );
4822   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4823   if( !pPtr ){
4824     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4825     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4826   }
4827   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4828   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4829   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4830   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4831   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4832   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4833   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4834 
4835   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4836                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4837   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4838   if( nPathname>0 ){
4839     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4840     if( zUri ){
4841       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4842     }else{
4843                                           pPtr++;
4844     }
4845   }
4846 
4847 
4848   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4849   if( nPathname>0 ){
4850     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4851     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4852     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4853 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4854     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4855     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4856 #endif
4857   }else{
4858     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4859   }
4860 
4861 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4862   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4863   if( nPathname>0 ){
4864     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4865     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4866     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4867 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4868     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4869     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4870 #endif
4871   }else{
4872     pPager->zWal = 0;
4873   }
4874 #endif
4875   (void)pPtr;  /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */
4876 
4877   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4878   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4879   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4880 
4881   /* Open the pager file.
4882   */
4883   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4884     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4885     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4886     assert( !memDb );
4887 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4888     pPager->memVfs = memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4889 #endif
4890     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4891 
4892     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4893     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4894     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4895     **
4896     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4897     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4898     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4899     */
4900     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4901       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4902       if( !readOnly ){
4903         setSectorSize(pPager);
4904         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4905         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4906           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4907             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4908           }else{
4909             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4910           }
4911         }
4912 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4913         {
4914           int ii;
4915           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4916           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4917           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4918           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4919             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4920               szPageDflt = ii;
4921             }
4922           }
4923         }
4924 #endif
4925       }
4926       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4927       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4928        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4929           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4930           goto act_like_temp_file;
4931       }
4932     }
4933   }else{
4934     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4935     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4936     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4937     **
4938     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4939     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4940     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4941     **
4942     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4943     */
4944 act_like_temp_file:
4945     tempFile = 1;
4946     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4947     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4948     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4949     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4950   }
4951 
4952   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4953   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4954   */
4955   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4956     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4957     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4958     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4959   }
4960 
4961   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4962   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4963     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4964     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4965     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4966                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4967   }
4968 
4969   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4970   */
4971   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4972     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4973     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4974     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4975     return rc;
4976   }
4977 
4978   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4979   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4980 
4981   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4982   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4983   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4984   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4985   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4986   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4987   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4988   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4989   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4990   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4991   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4992   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4993           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4994   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4995   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4996   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4997   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4998   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4999   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
5000   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
5001   if( pPager->noSync ){
5002     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
5003     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
5004     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5005     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5006   }else{
5007     pPager->fullSync = 1;
5008     pPager->extraSync = 0;
5009     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5010     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5011   }
5012   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5013   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5014   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5015   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5016   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5017   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5018   setSectorSize(pPager);
5019   if( !useJournal ){
5020     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5021   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5022     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5023   }
5024   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5025   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5026   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5027   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5028   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5029   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5030 
5031   *ppPager = pPager;
5032   return SQLITE_OK;
5033 }
5034 
5035 /*
5036 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5037 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5038 ** xOpen.
5039 */
5040 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5041   Pager *pPager;
5042   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5043     zName--;
5044   }
5045   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5046   return pPager->fd;
5047 }
5048 
5049 
5050 /*
5051 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5052 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5053 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5054 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5055 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5056 **
5057 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5058 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5059 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5060 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5061 **
5062 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5063 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5064 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5065 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5066 ** is returned.
5067 **
5068 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5069 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5070 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5071 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5072 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5073 ** will not roll it back.
5074 **
5075 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5076 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5077 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5078 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5079 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5080 */
5081 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5082   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5083   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5084   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5085   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5086 
5087   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5088   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5089   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5090 
5091   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5092     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5093   ));
5094 
5095   *pExists = 0;
5096   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5097     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5098   }
5099   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5100     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5101 
5102     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5103     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5104     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5105     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5106     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5107     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5108     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5109     */
5110     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5111     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5112       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5113 
5114       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5115       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5116       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5117         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5118         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5119         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5120         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5121         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5122         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5123         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5124         */
5125         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5126           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5127           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5128             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5129             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5130           }
5131           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5132         }else{
5133           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5134           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5135           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5136           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5137           ** it can be ignored.
5138           */
5139           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5140             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5141             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5142           }
5143           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5144             u8 first = 0;
5145             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5146             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5147               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5148             }
5149             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5150               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5151             }
5152             *pExists = (first!=0);
5153           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5154             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5155             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5156             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5157             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5158             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5159             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5160             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5161             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5162             */
5163             *pExists = 1;
5164             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5165           }
5166         }
5167       }
5168     }
5169   }
5170 
5171   return rc;
5172 }
5173 
5174 /*
5175 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5176 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5177 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5178 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5179 **
5180 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5181 **
5182 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5183 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5184 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5185 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5186 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5187 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5188 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5189 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5190 **
5191 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5192 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5193 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5194 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5195 **      file.
5196 **
5197 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5198 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5199 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5200 */
5201 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5202   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5203 
5204   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5205   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5206   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5207   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5208   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5209   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5210   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5211   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5212 
5213   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5214     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5215 
5216     assert( !MEMDB );
5217     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5218 
5219     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5220     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5221       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5222       goto failed;
5223     }
5224 
5225     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5226     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5227     */
5228     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5229       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5230     }
5231     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5232       goto failed;
5233     }
5234     if( bHotJournal ){
5235       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5236         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5237         goto failed;
5238       }
5239 
5240       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5241       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5242       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5243       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5244       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5245       ** hot-journal back.
5246       **
5247       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5248       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5249       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5250       ** on the database file.
5251       **
5252       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5253       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5254       */
5255       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5256       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5257         goto failed;
5258       }
5259 
5260       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5261       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5262       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5263       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5264       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5265       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5266       **
5267       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5268       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5269       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5270       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5271       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5272       */
5273       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5274         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5275         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5276         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5277             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5278         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5279           int fout = 0;
5280           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5281           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5282           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5283           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5284           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5285             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5286             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5287           }
5288         }
5289       }
5290 
5291       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5292       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5293       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5294       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5295       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5296       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5297       ** the journal before playing it back.
5298       */
5299       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5300         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5301         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5302         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5303           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5304           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5305         }
5306       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5307         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5308       }
5309 
5310       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5311         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5312         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5313         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5314         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5315         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5316         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5317         **
5318         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5319         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5320         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5321         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5322         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5323         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5324         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5325         ** references.
5326         */
5327         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5328         goto failed;
5329       }
5330 
5331       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5332       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5333            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5334       );
5335     }
5336 
5337     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5338       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5339       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5340       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5341       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5342       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5343       **
5344       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5345       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5346       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5347       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5348       ** a codec is in use.
5349       **
5350       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5351       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5352       ** it can be neglected.
5353       */
5354       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5355 
5356       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5357       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5358       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5359         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5360           goto failed;
5361         }
5362         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5363       }
5364 
5365       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5366         pager_reset(pPager);
5367 
5368         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5369         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5370         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5371         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5372         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5373         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5374         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5375           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5376         }
5377       }
5378     }
5379 
5380     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5381     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5382     */
5383     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5385     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5386 #endif
5387   }
5388 
5389   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5390     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5391     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5392   }
5393 
5394   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5395     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5396   }
5397 
5398  failed:
5399   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5400     assert( !MEMDB );
5401     pager_unlock(pPager);
5402     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5403   }else{
5404     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5405     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5406   }
5407   return rc;
5408 }
5409 
5410 /*
5411 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5412 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5413 **
5414 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5415 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5416 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5417 */
5418 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5419   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5420     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5421     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5422   }
5423 }
5424 
5425 /*
5426 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5427 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5428 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5429 **
5430 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5431 ** on the current state of the pager.
5432 **
5433 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5434 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5435 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5436 **
5437 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5438 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5439 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5440 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5441 ** object with no outstanding references.
5442 **
5443 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5444 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5445 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5446 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5447 **
5448 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5449 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5450 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5451 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5452 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5453 **
5454 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5455 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5456 **
5457 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5458 **
5459 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5460 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5461 **      from the savepoint journal.
5462 **
5463 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5464 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5465 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5466 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5467 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5468 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5469 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5470 **
5471 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5472 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5473 **
5474 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5475 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5476 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5477 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5478 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5479 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5480 ** or journal files.
5481 */
5482 static int getPageNormal(
5483   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5484   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5485   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5486   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5487 ){
5488   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5489   PgHdr *pPg;
5490   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5491   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5492 
5493   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5494   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5495   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5496   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5497 
5498   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5499   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5500   if( pBase==0 ){
5501     pPg = 0;
5502     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5503     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5504     if( pBase==0 ){
5505       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5506       goto pager_acquire_err;
5507     }
5508   }
5509   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5510   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5511   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5512   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5513 
5514   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5515   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5516     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5517     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5518     assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5519     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5520     return SQLITE_OK;
5521 
5522   }else{
5523     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5524     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5525     **
5526     ** (*) obsolete.  Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5527     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5528     */
5529     if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5530       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5531       goto pager_acquire_err;
5532     }
5533 
5534     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5535 
5536     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5537     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5538       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5539         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5540         goto pager_acquire_err;
5541       }
5542       if( noContent ){
5543         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5544         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5545         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5546         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5547         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5548         */
5549         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5550         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5551           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5552           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5553         }
5554         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5555         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5556         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5557       }
5558       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5559       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5560     }else{
5561       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5562       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5563       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5564       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5565         goto pager_acquire_err;
5566       }
5567     }
5568     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5569   }
5570   return SQLITE_OK;
5571 
5572 pager_acquire_err:
5573   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5574   if( pPg ){
5575     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5576   }
5577   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5578   *ppPage = 0;
5579   return rc;
5580 }
5581 
5582 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5583 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5584 static int getPageMMap(
5585   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5586   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5587   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5588   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5589 ){
5590   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5591   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5592   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5593 
5594   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5595   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5596   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5597   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5598   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5599    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5600   );
5601 
5602   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5603 
5604   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5605   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5606   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5607   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5608   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5609     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5610   }
5611   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5612   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5613   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5614   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5615 
5616   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5617     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5618     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5619       *ppPage = 0;
5620       return rc;
5621     }
5622   }
5623   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5624     void *pData = 0;
5625     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5626         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5627     );
5628     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5629       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5630         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5631       }
5632       if( pPg==0 ){
5633         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5634       }else{
5635         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5636       }
5637       if( pPg ){
5638         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5639         *ppPage = pPg;
5640         return SQLITE_OK;
5641       }
5642     }
5643     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5644       *ppPage = 0;
5645       return rc;
5646     }
5647   }
5648   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5649 }
5650 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5651 
5652 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5653 static int getPageError(
5654   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5655   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5656   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5657   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5658 ){
5659   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5660   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5661   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5662   *ppPage = 0;
5663   return pPager->errCode;
5664 }
5665 
5666 
5667 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5668 */
5669 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5670   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5671   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5672   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5673   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5674 ){
5675   /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */
5676   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5677 }
5678 
5679 /*
5680 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5681 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5682 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5683 **
5684 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5685 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5686 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5687 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5688 ** has ever happened.
5689 */
5690 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5691   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5692   assert( pPager!=0 );
5693   assert( pgno!=0 );
5694   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5695   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5696   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5697   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5698   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5699 }
5700 
5701 /*
5702 ** Release a page reference.
5703 **
5704 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5705 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5706 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5707 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5708 **
5709 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5710 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5711 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5712 */
5713 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5714   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5715   assert( pPg!=0 );
5716   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5717     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5718     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5719   }else{
5720     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5721   }
5722   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5723   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5724 }
5725 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5726   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5727 }
5728 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5729   Pager *pPager;
5730   assert( pPg!=0 );
5731   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5732   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5733   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5734   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5735   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5736 }
5737 
5738 /*
5739 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5740 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5741 ** file when this routine is called.
5742 **
5743 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5744 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5745 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5746 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5747 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5748 **
5749 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5750 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5751 ** already open file.
5752 **
5753 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5754 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5755 **
5756 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5757 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5758 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5759 */
5760 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5761   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5762   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5763 
5764   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5765   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5766   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5767 
5768   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5769   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5770   ** an error state. */
5771   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5772 
5773   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5774     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5775     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5776       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5777     }
5778 
5779     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5780     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5781       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5782         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5783       }else{
5784         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5785         int nSpill;
5786 
5787         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5788           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5789           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5790         }else{
5791           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5792           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5793         }
5794 
5795         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5796         ** it was originally opened. */
5797         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5798         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5799           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5800               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5801           );
5802         }
5803       }
5804       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5805     }
5806 
5807 
5808     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5809     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5810     */
5811     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5812       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5813       pPager->nRec = 0;
5814       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5815       pPager->setSuper = 0;
5816       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5817       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5818     }
5819   }
5820 
5821   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5822     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5823     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5824   }else{
5825     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5826     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5827   }
5828 
5829   return rc;
5830 }
5831 
5832 /*
5833 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5834 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5835 **
5836 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5837 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5838 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5839 ** functions need be called.
5840 **
5841 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5842 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5843 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5844 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5845 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5846 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5847 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5848 */
5849 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5850   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5851 
5852   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5853   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5854   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5855 
5856   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
5857     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5858 
5859     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5860       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5861       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5862       */
5863       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5864         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5865         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5866           return rc;
5867         }
5868         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5869       }
5870 
5871       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5872       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5873       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5874       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5875       */
5876       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5877     }else{
5878       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5879       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5880       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5881       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5882       */
5883       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5884       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5885         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5886       }
5887     }
5888 
5889     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5890       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5891       **
5892       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5893       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5894       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5895       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5896       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5897       ** WAL mode.
5898       */
5899       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5900       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5901       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5902       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5903       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5904     }
5905 
5906     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5907     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5908     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5909   }
5910 
5911   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5912   return rc;
5913 }
5914 
5915 /*
5916 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5917 */
5918 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5919   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5920   int rc;
5921   u32 cksum;
5922   char *pData2;
5923   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5924 
5925   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5926   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5927   ** that we do not. */
5928   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5929 
5930   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5931   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5932   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5933 
5934   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5935   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5936   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5937   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5938   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5939   ** then corruption may follow.
5940   */
5941   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5942 
5943   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5944   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5945   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5946   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5947   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5948   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5949 
5950   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5951            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5952   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5953   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5954        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5955        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5956 
5957   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5958   pPager->nRec++;
5959   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5960   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5961   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5962   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5963   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5964   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5965   return rc;
5966 }
5967 
5968 /*
5969 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5970 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5971 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5972 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5973 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5974 */
5975 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5976   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5977   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5978 
5979   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5980   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5981   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5982   */
5983   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5984        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5985        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5986   );
5987   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5988   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5989   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5990   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5991 
5992   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5993   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5994   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5995   **
5996   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5997   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5998   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5999   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
6000   */
6001   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6002     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
6003     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6004   }
6005   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
6006   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6007 
6008   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6009   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6010 
6011   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6012   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6013   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6014   */
6015   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6016   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6017    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6018   ){
6019     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6020     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6021       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6022       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6023         return rc;
6024       }
6025     }else{
6026       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6027         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6028       }
6029       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6030               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6031              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6032     }
6033   }
6034 
6035   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6036   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6037   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6038   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6039   */
6040   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6041 
6042   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6043   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6044   */
6045   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6046     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6047   }
6048 
6049   /* Update the database size and return. */
6050   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6051     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6052   }
6053   return rc;
6054 }
6055 
6056 /*
6057 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6058 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6059 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6060 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6061 ** a write.
6062 **
6063 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6064 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6065 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6066 */
6067 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6068   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6069   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6070   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6071   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6072   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6073   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6074   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6075   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6076 
6077   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6078   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6079   ** this function.
6080   */
6081   assert( !MEMDB );
6082   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6083   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6084 
6085   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6086   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6087   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6088   */
6089   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6090 
6091   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6092   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6093     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6094   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6095     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6096   }else{
6097     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6098   }
6099   assert(nPage>0);
6100   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6101   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6102 
6103   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6104     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6105     PgHdr *pPage;
6106     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6107       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6108         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6109         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6110           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6111           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6112             needSync = 1;
6113           }
6114           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6115         }
6116       }
6117     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6118       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6119         needSync = 1;
6120       }
6121       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6122     }
6123   }
6124 
6125   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6126   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6127   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6128   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6129   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6130   */
6131   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6132     assert( !MEMDB );
6133     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6134       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6135       if( pPage ){
6136         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6137         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6138       }
6139     }
6140   }
6141 
6142   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6143   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6144   return rc;
6145 }
6146 
6147 /*
6148 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6149 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6150 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6151 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6152 **
6153 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6154 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6155 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6156 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6157 **
6158 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6159 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6160 */
6161 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6162   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6163   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6164   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6165   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6166   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6167     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6168     return SQLITE_OK;
6169   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6170     return pPager->errCode;
6171   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6172     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6173     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6174   }else{
6175     return pager_write(pPg);
6176   }
6177 }
6178 
6179 /*
6180 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6181 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6182 ** to change the content of the page.
6183 */
6184 #ifndef NDEBUG
6185 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6186   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6187 }
6188 #endif
6189 
6190 /*
6191 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6192 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6193 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6194 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6195 ** content no longer matters.
6196 **
6197 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6198 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6199 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6200 **
6201 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6202 ** DELETE operations.
6203 **
6204 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6205 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6206 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6207 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6208 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6209 */
6210 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6211   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6212   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6213     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6214     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6215     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6216     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6217     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6218     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6219   }
6220 }
6221 
6222 /*
6223 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6224 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6225 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6226 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6227 **
6228 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6229 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6230 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6231 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6232 **
6233 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6234 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6235 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6236 ** transaction is committed.
6237 **
6238 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6239 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6240 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6241 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6242 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6243 */
6244 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6245   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6246 
6247   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6248        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6249   );
6250   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6251 
6252   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6253   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6254   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6255   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6256   **
6257   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6258   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6259   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6260   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6261   */
6262 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6263 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6264   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6265   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6266 #else
6267 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6268 #endif
6269 
6270   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6271     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6272 
6273     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6274 
6275     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6276     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6277     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6278 
6279     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6280     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6281     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6282     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6283     */
6284     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6285       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6286     }
6287 
6288     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6289       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6290       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6291 
6292       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6293       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6294         const void *zBuf;
6295         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6296         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6297         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6298           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6299           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6300         }
6301         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6302           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6303           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6304           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6305           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6306           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6307           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6308         }
6309       }else{
6310         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6311       }
6312     }
6313 
6314     /* Release the page reference. */
6315     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6316   }
6317   return rc;
6318 }
6319 
6320 /*
6321 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6322 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6323 **
6324 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6325 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6326 */
6327 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6328   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6329   void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6330   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6331   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6332   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6333     assert( !MEMDB );
6334     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6335   }
6336   return rc;
6337 }
6338 
6339 /*
6340 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6341 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6342 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6343 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6344 **
6345 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6346 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6347 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6348 ** returned.
6349 */
6350 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6351   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6352   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6353   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6354     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6355          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6356          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6357     );
6358     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6359     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6360       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6361     }
6362   }
6363   return rc;
6364 }
6365 
6366 /*
6367 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6368 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6369 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6370 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6371 **
6372 ** This routine ensures that:
6373 **
6374 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6375 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6376 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6377 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6378 **   * the database file synced.
6379 **
6380 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6381 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6382 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6383 **
6384 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6385 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6386 **
6387 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6388 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6389 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6390 ** journal file in this case.
6391 */
6392 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6393   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6394   const char *zSuper,            /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6395   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6396 ){
6397   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6398 
6399   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6400        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6401        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6402        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6403   );
6404   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6405 
6406   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6407   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6408 
6409   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6410   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6411 
6412   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6413       pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6414 
6415   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6416   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6417 
6418   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6419   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6420   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6421     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6422     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6423     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6424     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6425   }else{
6426     PgHdr *pList;
6427     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6428       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6429       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6430       if( pList==0 ){
6431         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6432         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6433         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6434         pList = pPageOne;
6435         pList->pDirty = 0;
6436       }
6437       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6438       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6439         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6440       }
6441       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6442       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6443         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6444       }
6445     }else{
6446       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6447       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6448       ** is enabled.
6449       */
6450 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6451       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6452       int bBatch = zSuper==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6453         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6454         && !pPager->noSync
6455         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6456 #else
6457 #     define bBatch 0
6458 #endif
6459 
6460 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6461       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6462       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6463       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6464       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6465       **
6466       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6467       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6468       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6469       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6470       **
6471       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6472       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6473       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6474       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6475       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6476       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6477       ** mode.
6478       **
6479       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6480       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6481       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6482       ** created for this transaction.
6483       */
6484       if( bBatch==0 ){
6485         PgHdr *pPg;
6486         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6487             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6488             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6489             );
6490         if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6491          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6492          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6493          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6494         ){
6495           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6496           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6497           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6498           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6499           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6500           */
6501           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6502         }else{
6503           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6504           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6505             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6506           }
6507         }
6508       }
6509 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6510 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6511       if( zSuper ){
6512         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6513         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6514         assert( bBatch==0 );
6515       }
6516 #endif
6517       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6518 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6519       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6520 
6521       /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6522       ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6523       ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6524       */
6525       rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6526       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6527 
6528       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6529       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6530       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6531       **
6532       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6533       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6534       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6535       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6536       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6537       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6538       */
6539       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6540       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6541 
6542       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6543 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6544       if( bBatch ){
6545         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6546         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6547           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6548           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6549             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6550           }
6551           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6552             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6553           }
6554         }
6555 
6556         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6557           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6558           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6559             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6560             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6561           }
6562           bBatch = 0;
6563         }else{
6564           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6565         }
6566       }
6567 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6568 
6569       if( bBatch==0 ){
6570         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6571       }
6572       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6573         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6574         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6575       }
6576       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6577 
6578       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6579       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6580       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6581       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6582       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6583       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6584       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6585         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6586         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6587         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6588         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6589       }
6590 
6591       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6592       if( !noSync ){
6593         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6594       }
6595       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6596     }
6597   }
6598 
6599 commit_phase_one_exit:
6600   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6601     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6602   }
6603   return rc;
6604 }
6605 
6606 
6607 /*
6608 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6609 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6610 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6611 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6612 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6613 **
6614 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6615 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6616 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6617 ** irrevocably committed.
6618 **
6619 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6620 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6621 */
6622 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6623   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6624 
6625   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6626   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6627   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6628   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6629   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6630 
6631   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6632        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6633        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6634   );
6635   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6636 
6637   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6638   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6639   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6640   **
6641   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6642   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6643   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6644   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6645   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6646   ** to drop any locks either.
6647   */
6648   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6649    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6650    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6651   ){
6652     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6653     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6654     return SQLITE_OK;
6655   }
6656 
6657   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6658   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6659   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6660 }
6661 
6662 /*
6663 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6664 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6665 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6666 ** state if an error occurs.
6667 **
6668 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6669 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6670 **
6671 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6672 **
6673 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6674 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6675 **      was opened, and
6676 **
6677 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6678 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6679 **
6680 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6681 ** rollback is successful.
6682 **
6683 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6684 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6685 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6686 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6687 */
6688 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6689   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6690   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6691 
6692   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6693   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6694   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6695   */
6696   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6697   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6698   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6699 
6700   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6701     int rc2;
6702     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6703     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6704     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6705   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6706     int eState = pPager->eState;
6707     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6708     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6709       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6710       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6711       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6712       */
6713       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6714       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6715       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6716       return rc;
6717     }
6718   }else{
6719     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6720   }
6721 
6722   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6723   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6724           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6725           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6726   );
6727 
6728   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6729   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6730   */
6731   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6732 }
6733 
6734 /*
6735 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6736 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6737 */
6738 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6739   return pPager->readOnly;
6740 }
6741 
6742 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6743 /*
6744 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6745 */
6746 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6747   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6748 }
6749 #endif
6750 
6751 /*
6752 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6753 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6754 */
6755 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6756   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra
6757     + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*));
6758   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6759            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6760            + pPager->pageSize;
6761 }
6762 
6763 /*
6764 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6765 */
6766 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6767   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6768 }
6769 
6770 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6771 /*
6772 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6773 */
6774 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6775   static int a[11];
6776   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6777   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6778   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6779   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6780   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6781   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6782   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6783   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6784   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6785   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6786   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6787   return a;
6788 }
6789 #endif
6790 
6791 /*
6792 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6793 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6794 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6795 ** it was added later.
6796 **
6797 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6798 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6799 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6800 ** returning.
6801 */
6802 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6803 
6804   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6805        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6806        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6807        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6808   );
6809 
6810   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6811   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6812   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6813            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6814 
6815   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6816   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6817   if( reset ){
6818     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6819   }
6820 }
6821 
6822 /*
6823 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6824 */
6825 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6826   return pPager->tempFile || pPager->memVfs;
6827 }
6828 
6829 /*
6830 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6831 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6832 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6833 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6834 **
6835 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6836 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6837 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6838 */
6839 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6840   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6841   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6842   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6843   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6844 
6845   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6846   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6847   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6848 
6849   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6850   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6851   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6852   */
6853   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6854       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6855   );
6856   if( !aNew ){
6857     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6858   }
6859   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6860   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6861 
6862   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6863   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6864     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6865     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6866       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6867     }else{
6868       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6869     }
6870     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6871     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6872     aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1;
6873     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6874       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6875     }
6876     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6877       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6878     }
6879     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6880   }
6881   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6882   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6883   return rc;
6884 }
6885 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6886   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6887   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6888 
6889   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6890     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6891   }else{
6892     return SQLITE_OK;
6893   }
6894 }
6895 
6896 
6897 /*
6898 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6899 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6900 ** created savepoint.
6901 **
6902 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6903 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6904 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6905 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6906 **
6907 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6908 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6909 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6910 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6911 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6912 **
6913 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6914 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6915 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6916 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6917 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6918 **
6919 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6920 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6921 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6922 **
6923 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6924 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6925 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6926 */
6927 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6928   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6929 
6930 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6931   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6932 #endif
6933 
6934   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6935   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6936 
6937   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6938     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6939     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6940 
6941     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6942     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6943     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6944     */
6945     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6946     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6947       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6948     }
6949     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6950 
6951     /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
6952     ** that are still in use. */
6953     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6954       PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew];
6955       if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6956         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6957         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6958           i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec;
6959           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz);
6960           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6961         }
6962         pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec;
6963       }
6964     }
6965     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6966     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6967     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6968     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6969     */
6970     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6971       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6972       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6973       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6974     }
6975 
6976 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6977     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6978     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6979     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6980     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6981     else if(
6982         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6983      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6984     ){
6985       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6986       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6987       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6988     }
6989 #endif
6990   }
6991 
6992   return rc;
6993 }
6994 
6995 /*
6996 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6997 **
6998 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6999 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
7000 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
7001 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
7002 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7003 ** participate in shared-cache.
7004 **
7005 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
7006 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
7007 */
7008 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
7009   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
7010   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
7011 }
7012 
7013 /*
7014 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7015 */
7016 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7017   return pPager->pVfs;
7018 }
7019 
7020 /*
7021 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7022 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7023 ** not yet been opened.
7024 */
7025 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7026   return pPager->fd;
7027 }
7028 
7029 /*
7030 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7031 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7032 */
7033 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7034 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7035   return pPager->jfd;
7036 #else
7037   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7038 #endif
7039 }
7040 
7041 /*
7042 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7043 */
7044 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7045   return pPager->zJournal;
7046 }
7047 
7048 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7049 /*
7050 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7051 **
7052 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7053 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7054 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7055 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7056 **
7057 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7058 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7059 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7060 **
7061 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7062 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7063 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7064 ** transaction is active).
7065 **
7066 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7067 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7068 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7069 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7070 **
7071 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7072 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7073 */
7074 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7075   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7076   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7077   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7078   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7079 
7080   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7081   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7082        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7083   );
7084   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7085 
7086   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7087   ** the page we are moving from.
7088   */
7089   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7090   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7091     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7092     if( rc ) return rc;
7093   }
7094 
7095   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7096   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7097   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7098   **
7099   **   BEGIN;
7100   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7101   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7102   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7103   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7104   **
7105   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7106   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7107   ** statement were is processed.
7108   **
7109   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7110   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7111   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7112   */
7113   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7114    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7115   ){
7116     return rc;
7117   }
7118 
7119   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7120       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7121   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7122 
7123   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7124   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7125   **
7126   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7127   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7128   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7129   */
7130   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7131     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7132     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7133             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7134     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7135   }
7136 
7137   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7138   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7139   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7140   ** for the page moved there.
7141   */
7142   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7143   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7144   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7145   if( pPgOld ){
7146     if( NEVER(pPgOld->nRef>1) ){
7147       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7148       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7149     }
7150     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7151     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7152       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7153       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7154       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7155     }else{
7156       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7157     }
7158   }
7159 
7160   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7161   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7162   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7163 
7164   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7165   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7166   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7167   */
7168   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7169     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7170     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7171   }
7172 
7173   if( needSyncPgno ){
7174     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7175     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7176     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7177     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7178     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7179     ** flag.
7180     **
7181     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7182     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7183     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7184     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7185     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7186     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7187     */
7188     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7189     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7190     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7191       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7192         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7193         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7194       }
7195       return rc;
7196     }
7197     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7198     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7199     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7200   }
7201 
7202   return SQLITE_OK;
7203 }
7204 #endif
7205 
7206 /*
7207 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7208 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7209 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7210 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7211 */
7212 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7213   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7214   pPg->flags = flags;
7215   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7216 }
7217 
7218 /*
7219 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7220 */
7221 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7222   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7223   return pPg->pData;
7224 }
7225 
7226 /*
7227 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7228 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7229 */
7230 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7231   return pPg->pExtra;
7232 }
7233 
7234 /*
7235 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7236 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7237 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7238 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7239 **
7240 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7241 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7242 ** locking-mode.
7243 */
7244 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7245   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7246             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7247             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7248   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7249   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7250   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7251   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7252     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7253   }
7254   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7255 }
7256 
7257 /*
7258 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7259 **
7260 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7261 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7262 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7263 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7264 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7265 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7266 **
7267 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7268 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7269 **
7270 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7271 **      or _MEMORY.
7272 **
7273 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7274 **
7275 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7276 */
7277 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7278   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7279 
7280   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7281   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE    /* 0 */
7282             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST   /* 1 */
7283             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF       /* 2 */
7284             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE  /* 3 */
7285             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY    /* 4 */
7286             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL       /* 5 */ );
7287 
7288   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7289   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7290   ** to WAL mode.
7291   */
7292   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7293 
7294   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7295   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7296   */
7297   if( MEMDB ){
7298     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7299     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7300       eMode = eOld;
7301     }
7302   }
7303 
7304   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7305 
7306     /* Change the journal mode. */
7307     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7308     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7309 
7310     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7311     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7312     ** delete the journal file.
7313     */
7314     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7315     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7316     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7317     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7318     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7319     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7320 
7321     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7322     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7323       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7324       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7325       ** here is an optimization only.
7326       **
7327       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7328       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7329       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7330       */
7331       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7332       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7333         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7334       }else{
7335         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7336         int state = pPager->eState;
7337         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7338         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7339           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7340         }
7341         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7342           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7343           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7344         }
7345         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7346           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7347         }
7348         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7349           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7350         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7351           pager_unlock(pPager);
7352         }
7353         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7354       }
7355     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7356       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7357     }
7358   }
7359 
7360   /* Return the new journal mode */
7361   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7362 }
7363 
7364 /*
7365 ** Return the current journal mode.
7366 */
7367 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7368   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7369 }
7370 
7371 /*
7372 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7373 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7374 ** is unmodified.
7375 */
7376 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7377   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7378   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7379   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7380   return 1;
7381 }
7382 
7383 /*
7384 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7385 **
7386 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7387 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7388 */
7389 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7390   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7391     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7392     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7393   }
7394   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7395 }
7396 
7397 /*
7398 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7399 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7400 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7401 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7402 */
7403 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7404   return &pPager->pBackup;
7405 }
7406 
7407 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7408 /*
7409 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7410 */
7411 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7412   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7413   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7414 }
7415 #endif
7416 
7417 
7418 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7419 /*
7420 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7421 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7422 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7423 **
7424 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7425 */
7426 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7427   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7428   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7429   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7430   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7431   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7432 ){
7433   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7434   if( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
7435     /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and
7436     ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7437     ** is invoked without any intervening transactions.  We need to start
7438     ** a transaction to initialize pWal.  The PRAGMA table_list statement is
7439     ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file,
7440     ** including all ATTACHed databases.  This seems expensive for a single
7441     ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely.
7442     ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939
7443     */
7444     sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0);
7445   }
7446   if( pPager->pWal ){
7447     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7448         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7449         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7450         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7451         pnLog, pnCkpt
7452     );
7453   }
7454   return rc;
7455 }
7456 
7457 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7458   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7459 }
7460 
7461 /*
7462 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7463 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7464 */
7465 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7466   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7467   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7468   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7469 }
7470 
7471 /*
7472 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7473 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7474 */
7475 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7476   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7477 
7478   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7479   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7480   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7481     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7482     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7483     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7484   }
7485 
7486   return rc;
7487 }
7488 
7489 /*
7490 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7491 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7492 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7493 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7494 */
7495 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7496   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7497 
7498   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7499   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7500 
7501   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7502   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7503   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7504   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7505   */
7506   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7507     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7508   }
7509 
7510   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7511   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7512   */
7513   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7514     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7515         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7516         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7517     );
7518   }
7519   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7520 
7521   return rc;
7522 }
7523 
7524 
7525 /*
7526 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7527 ** this function.
7528 **
7529 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7530 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7531 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7532 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7533 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7534 ** not modified in either case.
7535 **
7536 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7537 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7538 ** without doing anything.
7539 */
7540 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7541   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7542   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7543 ){
7544   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7545 
7546   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7547   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7548   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7549   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7550   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7551 
7552   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7553     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7554 
7555     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7556     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7557 
7558     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7559     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7560       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7561       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7562     }
7563   }else{
7564     *pbOpen = 1;
7565   }
7566 
7567   return rc;
7568 }
7569 
7570 /*
7571 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7572 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7573 **
7574 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7575 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7576 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7577 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7578 */
7579 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7580   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7581 
7582   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7583 
7584   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7585   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7586   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7587   */
7588   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7589     int logexists = 0;
7590     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7591     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7592       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7593           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7594       );
7595     }
7596     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7597       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7598     }
7599   }
7600 
7601   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7602   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7603   */
7604   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7605     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7606     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7607       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7608                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7609       pPager->pWal = 0;
7610       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7611       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7612     }
7613   }
7614   return rc;
7615 }
7616 
7617 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7618 /*
7619 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7620 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7621 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7622 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7623 */
7624 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7625   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7626   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7627     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7628   }
7629   return rc;
7630 }
7631 
7632 /*
7633 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7634 ** blocking locks are required.
7635 */
7636 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7637   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7638     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7639   }
7640 }
7641 #endif
7642 
7643 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7644 /*
7645 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7646 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7647 */
7648 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7649   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7650   if( pPager->pWal ){
7651     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7652   }
7653   return rc;
7654 }
7655 
7656 /*
7657 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7658 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7659 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7660 */
7661 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7662   Pager *pPager,
7663   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7664 ){
7665   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7666   if( pPager->pWal ){
7667     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7668   }else{
7669     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7670   }
7671   return rc;
7672 }
7673 
7674 /*
7675 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7676 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7677 */
7678 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7679   int rc;
7680   if( pPager->pWal ){
7681     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7682   }else{
7683     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7684   }
7685   return rc;
7686 }
7687 
7688 /*
7689 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7690 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7691 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7692 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7693 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7694 **
7695 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7696 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7697 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7698 ** lock is released before returning.
7699 */
7700 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7701   int rc;
7702   if( pPager->pWal ){
7703     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7704   }else{
7705     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7706   }
7707   return rc;
7708 }
7709 
7710 /*
7711 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7712 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7713 */
7714 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7715   assert( pPager->pWal );
7716   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7717 }
7718 
7719 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7720 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7721 
7722 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7723 /*
7724 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7725 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7726 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7727 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7728 ** is empty, return 0.
7729 */
7730 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7731   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7732   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7733 }
7734 #endif
7735 
7736 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7737